1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
307 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
315 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
318 return (char *) shstrtab
;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
323 unsigned int shindex
,
324 unsigned int strindex
)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
334 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
336 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
338 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
350 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
352 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
356 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
362 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
384 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
405 elf_section_list
* entry
;
406 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
408 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
409 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
412 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
415 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
417 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
422 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
424 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
425 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
426 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
427 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
428 the index table will not be needed. */
432 /* Read the symbols. */
434 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
436 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
437 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
438 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
439 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
440 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
442 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
443 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
445 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
446 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
447 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
453 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
457 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
458 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
459 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
461 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
462 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
463 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
465 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
466 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
467 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
474 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
476 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
477 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
478 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
479 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
483 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
484 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
485 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
486 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
488 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
489 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
491 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
492 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
493 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
494 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
495 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
502 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
504 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
505 free (alloc_extshndx
);
510 /* Look up a symbol name. */
512 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
513 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
518 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
519 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
521 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
522 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
523 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
526 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
529 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
532 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
533 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
538 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
539 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
542 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
545 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
547 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
548 signature just a string? */
551 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
553 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
554 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
555 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
556 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
558 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
559 that it is a symbol table section. */
560 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
562 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
563 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
564 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
567 /* Go read the symbol. */
568 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
569 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
570 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
573 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
576 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
579 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
581 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
583 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
584 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
587 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
589 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
590 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
591 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
594 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
595 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
596 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
597 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
598 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
600 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
602 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
604 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
610 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
611 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
615 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
616 so we can find them quickly. */
619 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
621 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
622 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
626 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
628 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
630 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
633 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
635 /* Add to list of sections. */
636 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
639 /* Read the raw contents. */
640 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
641 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
642 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
643 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
644 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
645 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
648 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
649 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
654 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
656 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
657 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
661 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
662 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
664 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
665 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
666 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
670 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
671 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
672 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
674 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
675 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
683 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
684 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
687 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
688 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
689 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
694 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
695 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
698 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
703 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
704 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
706 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
708 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
711 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
712 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
713 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
720 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
724 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
726 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
727 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
728 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
730 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
731 section is a member. */
733 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
737 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
738 other members to see if any others are linked via
740 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
741 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
743 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
744 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
748 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
749 insert current section in circular list. */
750 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
751 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
752 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
758 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
761 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
763 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
764 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
767 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
769 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
770 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
778 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
780 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
788 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
791 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
792 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
795 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
796 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
798 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
799 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
801 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
802 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
803 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
804 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
807 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
808 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
809 bed
->link_order_error_handler
810 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
815 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
817 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
819 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
820 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
824 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
825 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
828 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
829 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
830 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
834 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
839 /* Process section groups. */
840 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
843 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
846 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
849 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
850 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
852 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
853 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
859 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
860 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
863 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
864 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
865 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
866 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
867 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
868 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
869 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
870 relocation sections are in section group in input object
872 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
875 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
876 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
877 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
879 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
880 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
881 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
884 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
892 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
894 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
898 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
900 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
901 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
902 if (new_name
== NULL
)
906 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
911 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
913 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
914 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
915 if (new_name
== NULL
)
918 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
922 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
923 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
926 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
927 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
933 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
935 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
938 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
942 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
943 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
944 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
946 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
947 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
948 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
950 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
952 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
953 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
954 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
955 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
958 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
959 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
960 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
961 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
962 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
963 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
966 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
969 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
970 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
971 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
973 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
975 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
978 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
980 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
981 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
982 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
983 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
985 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
986 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
987 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
988 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
990 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
992 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
993 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1000 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1001 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1002 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1003 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1004 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1006 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1008 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1009 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1012 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1013 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1017 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1018 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1019 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1020 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1021 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1022 all but one of the sections. */
1023 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1024 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1025 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1027 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1028 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1029 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1032 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1035 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1036 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1037 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1038 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1042 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1045 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
1049 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1051 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1052 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1054 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1055 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1056 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1057 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1058 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1059 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1060 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1062 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1064 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1067 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1068 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1070 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1071 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1072 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1073 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1075 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1076 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1077 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1079 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1080 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1081 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1082 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1083 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1084 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1085 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1086 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1087 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1089 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1090 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1091 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1092 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1093 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1094 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1095 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1101 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1102 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1103 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1104 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1105 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1107 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1108 int compression_header_size
;
1109 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1110 bfd_boolean compressed
1111 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1112 &compression_header_size
,
1113 &uncompressed_size
);
1117 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1118 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1119 action
= decompress
;
1122 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1123 section. Check if we should compress. */
1124 if (action
== nothing
)
1126 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1127 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1128 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1129 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1131 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1132 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1138 if (action
== compress
)
1140 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1142 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1143 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1150 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1152 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1153 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1159 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1162 && (action
== decompress
1163 || (action
== compress
1164 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1166 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1167 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1169 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1170 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1172 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1176 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1177 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1178 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1184 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1186 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1187 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1188 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1191 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1192 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1193 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1194 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1195 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1196 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1197 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1198 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1199 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1201 bfd_reloc_status_type
1202 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1203 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1205 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1206 asection
*input_section
,
1208 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1210 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1211 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1212 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1213 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1215 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1216 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1219 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1222 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1223 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1224 should be the same. */
1227 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1228 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1231 a
->sh_type
== b
->sh_type
1232 && (a
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1233 == (b
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1234 && a
->sh_addralign
== b
->sh_addralign
1235 && a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
1236 && a
->sh_entsize
== b
->sh_entsize
1237 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1241 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1242 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1243 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1244 to be the correct section. */
1247 find_link (const bfd
* obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
, const unsigned int hint
)
1249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1252 if (section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1255 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1257 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1259 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1260 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1261 multiple matches ? */
1268 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1269 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1270 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1273 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1275 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1276 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1277 const unsigned int secnum
)
1279 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1280 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1281 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1282 unsigned int sh_link
;
1284 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1286 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1287 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1288 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1289 matched up with the original.
1291 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1292 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1293 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1294 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1295 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1296 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1297 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1298 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1299 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1300 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1301 without any contents. */
1302 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1303 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1304 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1305 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1309 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1310 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1311 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1312 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1315 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1316 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1317 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1318 in the input bfd. */
1319 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1321 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1322 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1324 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1328 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1329 if we could not find a match ? */
1330 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1331 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1334 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1336 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1337 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1339 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1341 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1343 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1344 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1347 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1348 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1350 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1352 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1356 (* _bfd_error_handler
)
1357 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1363 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1367 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1369 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1374 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1375 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1378 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1380 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1381 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1384 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1386 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1387 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1388 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1390 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1391 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1392 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1393 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1395 /* Copy object attributes. */
1396 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1398 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1401 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1403 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1404 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1407 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1409 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1410 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1411 files. See below for more details. */
1413 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1414 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1417 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1418 fields have already been initialised. */
1419 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1420 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1423 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1424 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1425 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1427 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1429 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1432 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1433 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1434 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1435 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1437 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1438 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1439 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1440 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1441 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1442 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1447 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1450 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1451 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1452 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1453 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1455 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1457 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1460 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1461 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1462 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1464 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1465 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1466 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1467 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1468 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1469 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1470 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1471 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1472 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1473 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1475 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1480 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1482 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1483 with a NULL input section. */
1484 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1485 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1493 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1498 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1499 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1500 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1501 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1502 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1503 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1504 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1505 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1506 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1507 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1508 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1509 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1514 /* Print out the program headers. */
1517 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1519 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1520 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1522 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1524 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1529 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1530 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1531 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1533 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1538 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1541 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1542 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1543 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1544 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1545 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1546 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1547 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1548 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1549 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1550 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1551 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1552 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1553 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1554 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1555 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1556 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1557 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1562 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1565 unsigned int elfsec
;
1566 unsigned long shlink
;
1567 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1569 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1571 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1573 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1576 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1577 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1579 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1581 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1582 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1585 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1586 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1588 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1589 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1591 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1593 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1594 const char *name
= "";
1596 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1597 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1599 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1601 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1608 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1609 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1611 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1613 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1618 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1619 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1620 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1621 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1622 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1623 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1624 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1625 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1626 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1627 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1628 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1629 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1630 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1631 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1632 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1633 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1634 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1635 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1636 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1637 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1638 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1639 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1640 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1641 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1642 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1643 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1644 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1645 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1646 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1647 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1648 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1649 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1650 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1651 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1652 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1653 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1654 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1655 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1656 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1657 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1658 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1659 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1660 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1661 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1662 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1663 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1664 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1665 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1666 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1667 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1668 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1669 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1670 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1671 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1672 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1673 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1674 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1675 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1678 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1682 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1687 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1689 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1692 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1701 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1702 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1704 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1708 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1710 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1712 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1713 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1715 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1716 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1717 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1718 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1720 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1723 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1727 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1733 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1735 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1737 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1738 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1740 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1742 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1743 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1744 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1745 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1746 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1747 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1759 /* Get version string. */
1762 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1763 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1765 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1766 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1767 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1769 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1771 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1772 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1775 version_string
= "";
1776 else if (vernum
== 1)
1777 version_string
= "Base";
1778 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1780 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1783 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1785 version_string
= "";
1786 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1790 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1792 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1794 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1796 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1803 return version_string
;
1806 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1809 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1812 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1814 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1817 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1818 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1820 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1821 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1822 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1823 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1825 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1827 const char *section_name
;
1828 const char *name
= NULL
;
1829 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1830 unsigned char st_other
;
1832 const char *version_string
;
1835 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1837 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1838 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1839 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1843 name
= symbol
->name
;
1844 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1847 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1848 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1849 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1850 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1851 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1852 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1853 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1855 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1856 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1858 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1859 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1865 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1870 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1871 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1876 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1877 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1882 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1883 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1884 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1886 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1888 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1891 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1897 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1899 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1902 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1905 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1906 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1908 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
1909 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1910 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
1911 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
1913 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1918 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1919 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1920 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1921 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1922 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1923 can expect to recurse at least once.
1925 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1926 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1928 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
1929 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
1930 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
1932 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1933 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
1934 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
1935 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
1937 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
1939 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1940 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
1943 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
1946 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1947 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1948 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1953 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1954 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1957 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1960 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1961 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1962 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1963 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1964 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1965 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1966 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1967 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1968 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1969 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1972 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1973 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1976 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1978 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1979 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1980 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1983 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1984 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1985 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1987 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1992 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1994 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1996 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1998 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1999 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2000 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2001 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2003 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2004 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2008 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2010 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2011 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2013 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2014 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2016 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2024 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2025 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2028 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2031 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2033 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2035 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2036 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2037 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2042 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2043 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2044 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2046 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2047 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2051 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2052 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2053 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2054 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2056 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2057 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2058 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2059 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2060 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2063 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2064 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2068 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2069 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2070 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2072 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2073 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2075 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2076 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2079 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2080 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2084 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2085 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2090 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2092 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2094 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2095 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2100 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2101 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2105 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2106 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2109 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2112 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2114 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2117 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2118 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2119 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2124 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2125 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2126 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2129 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2133 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2134 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2135 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2136 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2138 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2139 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2140 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2143 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2145 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2147 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2148 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2151 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
2154 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2156 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2157 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2158 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2162 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2163 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2166 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2168 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2169 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2173 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2177 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2181 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2184 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2185 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2186 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2187 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2189 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2194 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2195 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2196 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2197 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2199 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2201 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2202 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2204 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2205 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2207 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2210 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2212 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2214 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2215 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2219 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2224 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2226 asection
*target_sect
;
2227 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2228 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2229 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2232 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2233 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2236 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2237 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2239 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2240 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2241 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2242 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2247 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2248 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2249 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2250 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2251 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2252 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2253 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2255 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2256 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2257 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2258 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2264 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2266 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2267 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2278 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2281 /* Get the symbol table. */
2282 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2283 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2284 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2287 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2288 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2289 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2290 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2291 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2292 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2293 sh_link points to the null section. */
2294 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2295 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2296 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2297 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2298 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2299 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2301 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2306 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2309 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2310 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2313 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2314 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2315 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2317 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2319 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2322 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2327 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2328 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2329 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2330 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2331 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2332 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2333 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2334 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2336 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2337 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2339 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2343 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2344 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2345 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2346 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2349 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2350 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2353 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2354 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2355 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2358 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2359 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2360 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2361 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2368 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2371 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2374 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2376 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2377 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (* idx
);
2382 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2383 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2384 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2386 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2389 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2393 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
2394 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2395 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2397 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2405 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2406 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2407 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2409 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2411 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2415 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2416 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2419 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2421 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2422 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2423 for applications? */
2424 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2425 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2426 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2427 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2430 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2431 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2436 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2437 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2438 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2439 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2440 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2442 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2443 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2445 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2446 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2447 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2448 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2449 be rejected with an error message. */
2450 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2451 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2453 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2456 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2457 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2462 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2463 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2464 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2465 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2473 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2474 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2475 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2477 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2478 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2483 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2486 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2488 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2490 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2492 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2495 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2496 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2498 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2499 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2500 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2503 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2505 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2508 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2511 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2514 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2518 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2520 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2522 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2525 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2527 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2528 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2531 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2533 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2534 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2537 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2539 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2540 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2541 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2542 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2543 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2544 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2545 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2546 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2547 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2548 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2549 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2550 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2551 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2552 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2555 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2557 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2558 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2559 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2562 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2564 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2565 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2566 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2567 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2568 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2569 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2570 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2571 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2572 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2573 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2576 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2578 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2579 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2582 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2584 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2585 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2586 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2587 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2590 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2592 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2593 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2596 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2598 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2599 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2600 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2603 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2606 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2607 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2610 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2612 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2613 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2616 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2619 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2622 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2623 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2624 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2625 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2626 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2627 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2630 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2634 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2635 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2638 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2640 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2641 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2642 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2644 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2647 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2649 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2650 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2651 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2653 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2654 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2655 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2656 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2659 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2661 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2663 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2665 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2666 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2667 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2673 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2676 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2677 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2678 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2684 len
= strlen (name
);
2686 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2689 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2691 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2693 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2696 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2697 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2699 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2701 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2703 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2704 && (suffix_len
== -2
2705 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2711 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2713 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2714 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2724 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2725 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2728 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2729 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2731 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2732 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2735 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2736 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2739 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2740 bed
->special_sections
,
2746 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2749 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2750 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2753 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2758 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2762 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2764 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2765 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2766 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2768 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2771 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2775 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2778 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2779 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2780 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2782 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2783 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2784 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2785 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2786 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2787 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2788 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2789 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2790 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2791 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2792 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2794 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2797 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2798 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2799 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2801 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2802 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2806 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2809 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2811 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2812 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2813 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2814 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2816 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2817 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2818 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2819 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2820 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2821 of combined data+bss.
2823 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2824 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2825 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2826 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2827 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2832 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2833 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2835 const char *type_name
)
2843 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2844 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2845 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2847 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2849 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2850 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2851 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2854 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2855 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2856 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2858 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2859 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2860 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2861 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2862 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2863 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2864 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2866 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2867 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2868 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2870 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2872 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2875 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2877 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2881 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2885 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2886 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2887 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2890 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2891 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2892 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2894 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2895 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2896 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2897 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2898 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2899 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2900 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2901 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2902 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2904 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2905 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2906 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2907 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2908 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2909 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2910 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2912 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2913 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2914 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2916 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2917 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2924 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2926 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2928 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2931 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2934 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2937 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2940 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2943 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2945 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2950 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2953 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2955 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2956 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2960 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2963 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2966 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2967 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2968 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2972 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2976 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2978 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2980 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2981 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2984 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2988 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
2989 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2990 const char *sec_name
,
2991 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2993 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
2994 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
2998 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3000 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3002 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3008 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3009 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3010 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3014 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3015 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3016 const char *sec_name
,
3017 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3018 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3021 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3023 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3024 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3025 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3027 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3028 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3029 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3032 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3033 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3034 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3035 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3036 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3037 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3038 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3039 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3040 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3045 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3048 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3050 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3051 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3053 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3056 struct fake_section_arg
3058 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3062 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3065 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3067 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3068 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3069 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3071 unsigned int sh_type
;
3072 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3073 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3077 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3082 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3086 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3087 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3088 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3092 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3094 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3096 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion
3097 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3098 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3099 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3102 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3104 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3105 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3107 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3108 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3112 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3113 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3121 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3123 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3124 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3125 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3126 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3127 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3128 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3133 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3138 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3139 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3143 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3145 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3152 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3154 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3155 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3156 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3158 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3160 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3161 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3162 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3163 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3164 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3166 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3167 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3168 abfd
, asect
, asect
->alignment_power
);
3172 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3173 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3174 copy_private_section_data. */
3176 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3177 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3179 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3181 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3182 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3184 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3186 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3187 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3188 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3189 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3190 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3192 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3193 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3194 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3195 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3196 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3197 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3198 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3201 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3212 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3213 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3214 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3215 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3219 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3223 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3227 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3231 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3232 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3236 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3237 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3240 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3241 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3244 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3245 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3246 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3247 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3249 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3250 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3252 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3253 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3256 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3257 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3258 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3259 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3261 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3262 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3264 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3265 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3269 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3273 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3277 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3278 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3279 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3280 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3281 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3282 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3283 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3285 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3286 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3288 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3289 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3290 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3291 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3292 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3294 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3295 if (asect
->size
== 0
3296 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3298 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3300 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3303 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3304 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3305 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3309 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3310 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3312 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3313 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3314 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3315 create the other. */
3316 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3318 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3321 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3322 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3323 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3324 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3326 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3327 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
, FALSE
,
3333 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3334 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
, TRUE
,
3341 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3343 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3350 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3351 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3352 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3353 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3356 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3358 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3359 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3360 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3364 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3365 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3366 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3367 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3370 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3372 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3373 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3377 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3379 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
3383 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3385 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3387 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3389 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3390 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3394 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3395 elf_section_syms. */
3396 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3397 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3399 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3401 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3403 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3404 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3405 set until all local symbols are output. */
3406 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3407 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3408 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3409 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
3410 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3412 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3416 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3417 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3419 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3420 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3421 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3422 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3424 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3427 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3429 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3432 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3434 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3435 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3436 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3443 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3445 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3446 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3447 start of the input section group. */
3448 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3450 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3451 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3452 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3453 directives, not that it matters. */
3460 s
= s
->output_section
;
3462 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3464 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3467 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
3469 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3474 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
3477 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3480 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3483 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3489 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
3492 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3493 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3496 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3497 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3498 if (type
== SHT_REL
)
3503 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3504 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3505 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3506 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3507 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3509 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3510 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3512 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3513 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
3518 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3522 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3523 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3524 in here too, while we're at it. */
3527 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3529 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3531 unsigned int section_number
;
3532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3533 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3534 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3538 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3540 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3541 if (link_info
== NULL
|| bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
3543 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3545 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3546 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3548 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3550 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3552 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3554 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3555 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3556 abfd
->section_count
--;
3559 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3562 /* Count relocations. */
3563 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3566 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3567 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3568 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3571 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3573 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3575 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3576 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3577 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3578 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3581 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3582 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3583 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3590 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3591 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3592 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3598 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3599 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3600 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3602 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3603 || (link_info
== NULL
3604 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3608 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3609 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3610 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3612 elf_section_list
* entry
;
3614 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3616 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * entry
);
3617 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3618 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3620 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3621 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3622 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3625 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3626 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3629 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3631 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3632 abfd
, section_number
);
3636 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3637 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3639 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3641 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3642 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3643 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3646 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3647 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3648 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3650 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3654 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3656 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3659 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3660 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3662 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3663 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3664 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3665 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3667 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3668 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3671 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3675 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3677 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3678 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3679 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3680 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3681 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3683 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3685 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3686 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3687 the relocation entries apply. */
3688 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3690 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3691 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3692 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3694 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3696 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3697 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3698 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3701 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3702 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3704 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3707 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3708 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3710 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3711 if (discarded_section (s
))
3714 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3715 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3716 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3718 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3719 size as the discarded one. */
3720 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3723 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3729 s
= s
->output_section
;
3730 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3734 /* Handle objcopy. */
3735 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3737 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3738 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3739 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3743 s
= s
->output_section
;
3745 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3750 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3751 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3752 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3754 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3755 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3756 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3757 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3758 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3763 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3767 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3768 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3769 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3770 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3771 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3772 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3773 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3775 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3777 s
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->get_reloc_section (sec
);
3780 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3781 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3786 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3787 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3788 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3789 field to point to this section. */
3790 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3791 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3796 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3797 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3800 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3801 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3802 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3806 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3808 /* This is a .stab section. */
3809 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3810 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3811 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3818 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3819 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3820 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3821 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3823 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3825 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3828 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3829 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3830 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3831 the version strings. */
3832 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3833 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3835 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3840 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3841 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3842 this hash table or version table is for. */
3843 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3845 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3849 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3853 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3854 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3855 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3861 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3863 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3864 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3865 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3866 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3868 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3869 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3870 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3873 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3874 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3877 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3879 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3881 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3884 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3885 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3886 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3887 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3888 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3889 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3890 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3891 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3894 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3895 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3898 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3900 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3901 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3902 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3903 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3904 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3905 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3906 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3907 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
3913 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3917 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3919 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3920 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3924 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3925 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3927 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3928 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3930 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3931 decided to output. */
3932 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3934 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3936 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3938 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3939 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3941 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3943 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3944 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3946 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3950 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3951 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3953 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3955 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3959 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3960 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3961 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3962 at least in that case. */
3963 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3965 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3967 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3974 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3975 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3976 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3978 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3981 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3983 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3986 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3987 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3988 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3993 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3995 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3997 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3999 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4002 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4003 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4006 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4008 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4012 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4014 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4018 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4019 ELF data structure. */
4021 static inline file_ptr
4022 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4024 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4027 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4028 required section alignment. */
4031 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4035 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4036 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4037 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4038 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4039 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4040 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4041 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4045 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4046 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4047 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4050 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4051 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4053 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4054 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4056 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4058 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4060 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4063 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4064 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4065 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4067 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4070 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4071 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4073 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4074 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4075 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4079 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4082 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4083 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4084 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4085 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4089 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4090 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4092 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4097 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4099 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4104 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4105 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4106 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4107 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4108 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4109 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4110 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4111 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4112 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4113 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4114 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4116 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4122 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4124 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4126 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4127 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4129 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4131 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4132 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4133 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4134 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4137 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4138 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4140 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4142 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4144 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4145 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4147 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4150 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4155 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4156 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4158 static bfd_size_type
4159 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4163 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4165 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4166 and one for data. */
4169 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4170 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4172 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4173 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4174 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4179 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4181 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4185 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4187 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4191 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4193 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4197 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4199 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4203 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4205 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4206 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4208 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4210 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4211 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4212 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4213 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4214 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4215 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4217 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4218 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4219 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4220 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4221 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
4226 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4228 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4230 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4236 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4237 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4238 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4242 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4248 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4251 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4254 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4256 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4257 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4259 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4265 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4266 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4273 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4275 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4276 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4277 asection
**sections
,
4282 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4287 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4288 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4289 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4293 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4294 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4295 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4296 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4298 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4300 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4301 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4302 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4308 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4311 struct elf_segment_map
*
4312 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4314 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4316 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4317 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4321 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4323 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4328 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4331 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4332 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4333 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4335 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4336 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4338 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4339 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4340 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4341 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4343 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4346 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4348 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4350 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4351 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4352 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4354 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4358 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4360 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
4366 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4367 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4369 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4376 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4379 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4382 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4383 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4384 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4385 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4387 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4390 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4392 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4396 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4397 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4400 unsigned int phdr_index
;
4401 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4403 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4404 bfd_boolean writable
;
4406 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4407 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4409 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4411 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4413 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4414 sizeof (asection
*));
4415 if (sections
== NULL
)
4418 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4419 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4421 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4422 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4425 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4427 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4431 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4432 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4433 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4436 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4439 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4441 /* Build the mapping. */
4446 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4447 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4449 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4450 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4452 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4453 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4457 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4458 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4459 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
4460 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4461 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4466 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4467 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4471 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4479 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4480 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4481 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4485 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4486 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4487 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4488 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4489 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4492 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4494 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4497 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4498 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4499 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4500 program headers we will need. */
4503 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4505 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4506 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4507 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4508 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4509 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
4510 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
4511 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
4512 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
4513 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4516 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4519 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4523 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4526 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4528 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4529 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4530 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4532 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4534 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4535 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4539 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4540 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4542 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4543 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4546 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4547 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4548 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4549 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4550 section can be included in the current segment. */
4551 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4553 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
4556 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4557 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4560 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4561 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0
4562 && ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
4563 || (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4564 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
))))
4566 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4567 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4568 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4569 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4570 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4571 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4572 in the same segment. */
4575 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4577 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4578 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4579 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4580 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4583 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
4584 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4585 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4587 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4588 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4589 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4590 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4591 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4592 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4593 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4598 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4599 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4602 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4603 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4605 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4607 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4613 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4616 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4617 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4618 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4619 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4625 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4626 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4628 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4635 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4641 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4642 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4643 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4647 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4650 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4652 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4653 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4654 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4655 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4657 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4665 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4668 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4675 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4676 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4677 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4678 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4679 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4681 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4683 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4684 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4689 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4690 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4691 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4693 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4694 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4695 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4696 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4702 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4703 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4707 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4711 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4712 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4715 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4716 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4720 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4728 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4731 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4732 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4733 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4738 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4739 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4741 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4743 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4745 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4748 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4751 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4753 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4755 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4759 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4762 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4773 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4775 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4776 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4777 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4779 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4780 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4784 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4786 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4792 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4794 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4795 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4799 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4800 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4801 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4802 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4803 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4804 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4806 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4807 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4814 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4816 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4818 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4820 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4821 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4824 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4825 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4826 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4829 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4834 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4837 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4838 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4842 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4849 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4852 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4855 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4857 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4862 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4867 /* Sort sections by address. */
4870 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4872 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4873 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4874 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4876 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4877 place the section into a segment. */
4878 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4880 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4883 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4884 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4885 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4887 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4890 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4892 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4898 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4899 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4900 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4901 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4906 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4911 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4912 before others at the same address. */
4914 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4915 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4922 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4925 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4927 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4928 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4929 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4930 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4931 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4934 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4935 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4937 /* In other words, something like:
4939 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4940 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4941 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4942 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4944 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4946 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4949 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4951 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4952 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4954 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4958 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4961 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4966 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4967 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4968 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4969 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4970 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4971 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4973 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4974 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4978 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4979 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4980 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4986 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4991 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4993 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4996 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5001 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5002 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5006 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5007 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5009 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5010 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5011 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5012 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5014 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5017 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5019 if (link_info
== NULL
5020 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5024 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5028 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5033 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5034 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5038 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5039 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5040 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5043 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5045 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5046 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5048 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5049 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5053 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5057 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5058 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5059 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5060 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5061 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5063 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5064 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5065 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5066 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5068 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5070 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5071 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5072 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5077 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5078 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5080 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5081 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5082 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5088 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5090 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5094 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5096 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5097 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5098 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5099 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5100 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5102 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5103 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5104 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5107 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5108 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5109 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5110 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5111 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5112 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5113 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5118 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5120 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5121 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5122 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5125 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5127 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5128 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5130 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5131 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5132 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5133 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5134 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5135 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5136 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5138 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5139 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5141 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5143 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5144 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5145 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5146 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5150 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5152 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5155 bfd_size_type align
;
5156 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5158 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5162 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5164 unsigned int secalign
;
5166 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5167 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5168 align_power
= secalign
;
5170 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5171 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5172 align
= maxpagesize
;
5175 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5176 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5177 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5178 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5179 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5180 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5182 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5185 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5186 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5188 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5192 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5196 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5197 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5198 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5199 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5200 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5201 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5202 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5203 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5208 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5209 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5210 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5212 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5215 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5217 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5220 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5221 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5222 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5223 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5229 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5231 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5233 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5234 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5237 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5239 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5240 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5247 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5252 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5254 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5257 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5259 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5263 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5264 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5265 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5269 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5270 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5273 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5274 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5278 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5279 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5281 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5287 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5289 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5290 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5294 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5295 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5296 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5297 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5298 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5299 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5302 bfd_size_type align
;
5303 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5306 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5307 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5309 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5310 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5311 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5312 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5313 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5314 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5316 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5317 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5318 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5319 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5323 || p_end
< p_start
))
5325 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5326 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
5327 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
5331 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5333 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5335 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5337 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5338 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5340 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5341 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5345 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5349 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5351 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5355 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5356 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5357 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5363 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5372 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5374 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5375 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5376 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5378 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5379 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5380 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5382 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5383 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5384 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5385 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5386 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5387 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5389 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5391 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5394 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5396 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5397 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5398 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5399 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5400 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5401 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5403 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5405 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5406 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5408 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5410 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5411 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5414 if (align
> p
->p_align
5415 && !m
->p_align_valid
5416 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5417 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5421 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5424 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5426 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5433 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5434 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5435 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5437 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5439 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5440 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5441 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5442 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5443 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5444 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5446 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5451 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5453 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5456 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5457 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5458 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5459 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5461 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5462 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5464 print_segment_map (m
);
5470 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5474 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5477 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5478 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5480 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5481 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5483 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5484 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5485 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5486 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5487 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5488 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5492 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5493 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5494 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5495 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5500 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5501 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5502 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5503 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5504 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5505 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5507 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5508 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5509 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5511 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5513 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5514 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5515 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5516 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5519 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5521 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5524 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5525 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5526 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5527 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5528 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5529 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5530 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5531 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5532 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5533 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5534 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5536 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5539 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5540 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5544 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5546 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5547 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5548 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5551 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5554 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5556 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5557 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5559 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5561 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5562 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5563 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5566 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5567 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5572 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5574 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5575 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5576 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5578 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5579 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5580 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5581 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5583 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5584 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5585 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5586 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5589 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5590 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5591 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5593 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5594 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5603 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5604 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5608 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5609 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5612 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5613 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5618 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5620 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5622 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5623 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5625 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5627 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5629 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5631 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5633 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5634 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5636 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5640 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5644 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5645 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5646 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5648 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5649 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5654 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5656 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5657 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5658 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5659 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5660 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5661 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5662 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5665 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5666 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5667 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5668 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5669 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5671 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5673 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5678 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5679 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5682 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5684 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5685 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5687 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5690 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5691 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5692 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5694 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
5696 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5697 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5698 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5704 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5705 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5707 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5708 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5709 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5711 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5718 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5720 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5721 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5722 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5724 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5726 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5727 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5728 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5732 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5737 static elf_section_list
*
5738 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
5740 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
5746 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5747 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5748 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5750 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5751 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5752 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5753 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5754 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5755 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5756 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5758 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5761 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5762 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5764 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5765 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5766 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5768 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5769 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5772 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5773 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5777 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5778 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5780 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5781 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5782 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5783 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5785 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5788 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5789 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5790 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5791 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5792 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5793 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5794 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5795 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5796 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
5797 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
5799 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5802 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5805 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5811 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5812 assignment of sections to segments. */
5813 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5816 /* And for non-load sections. */
5817 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5820 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5822 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5826 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5827 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
5829 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5830 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5831 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5833 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5834 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5835 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5836 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5837 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5839 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5840 segments is non-zero. */
5842 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5845 /* Write out the program headers. */
5846 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5847 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5848 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5856 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5858 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5859 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5862 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5864 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5865 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5868 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5870 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5871 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5872 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5873 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5875 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5876 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5877 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5878 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5880 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5881 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5882 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5883 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5884 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5885 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5887 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5889 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5891 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5892 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5895 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5896 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5897 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5898 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5899 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5900 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5901 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5902 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5904 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5907 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5908 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5910 /* No program header, for now. */
5911 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5912 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5913 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5915 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5916 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5917 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5919 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5920 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5921 /* It all happens later. */
5925 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5926 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5929 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5930 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5931 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5932 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5934 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5935 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5936 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5937 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5943 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5944 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5947 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
5950 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
5951 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5952 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5953 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5955 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5957 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5958 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5959 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
5962 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5964 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
5965 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
5966 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
5968 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
5972 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
5973 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
5975 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5976 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
5980 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
5981 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
5983 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
5984 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
5986 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
5987 if (new_name
== NULL
)
5991 /* Add setion name to section name section. */
5992 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
5995 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
5997 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
5999 /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */
6001 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6006 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6011 /* Update section size and contents. */
6012 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6013 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6014 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6016 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6023 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6025 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6026 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6027 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6028 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6030 /* Place the section headers. */
6031 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6032 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6033 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6034 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6035 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6036 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6042 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6044 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6045 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6047 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6048 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6050 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6051 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6054 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6057 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6061 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6064 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6065 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6066 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6068 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6069 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6070 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6071 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6072 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
6073 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6075 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6077 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6078 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6083 /* Write out the section header names. */
6084 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6085 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6086 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6087 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6090 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
6091 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6093 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6096 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6097 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6098 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6104 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6106 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6107 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6110 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6113 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6115 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6116 unsigned int sec_index
;
6118 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6119 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6120 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6122 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6123 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6124 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6125 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6126 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6127 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6129 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6131 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6132 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6134 int retval
= sec_index
;
6136 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6140 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6141 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6146 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6150 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6152 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6154 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6156 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6157 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6158 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6159 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6160 input sections rather than the output section. */
6161 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6162 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6163 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6168 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6169 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6170 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6171 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6172 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6173 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6174 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6177 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6181 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6182 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6183 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6184 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6185 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6186 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6193 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6194 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
6202 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6205 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6207 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6208 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6209 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6210 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6211 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6214 unsigned int num_segments
;
6215 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6216 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6217 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6218 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6219 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6220 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6222 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6223 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6226 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6228 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6229 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6231 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6232 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6233 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6234 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6236 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6237 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6238 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6239 ? section->size : 0)
6241 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6242 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6243 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6244 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6245 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6246 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6248 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6249 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6250 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6251 (section->lma >= base \
6252 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6253 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6255 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6256 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6257 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6258 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6259 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6260 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6261 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6263 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6265 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6267 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6271 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6272 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6273 p_memsz set to 0. */
6274 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6276 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6277 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6278 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6279 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6281 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6282 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6283 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6285 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6286 A section will be included if:
6287 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6288 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6289 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6291 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6292 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6293 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6294 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6295 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6296 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6297 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6298 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6299 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6300 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6301 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6302 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6303 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6304 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6305 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6306 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6307 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6308 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6309 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6310 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6311 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6312 || (segment->p_paddr \
6313 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6314 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6315 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6317 && !section->segment_mark)
6319 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6320 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6321 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6322 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6323 && section->output_section != NULL)
6325 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6326 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6327 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6329 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6330 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6331 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6332 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6333 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6335 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6336 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6337 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6338 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6339 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6341 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6342 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6343 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6345 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6346 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6347 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6348 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6349 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6350 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6353 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6355 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6359 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6360 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6361 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6362 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6363 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6368 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6370 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6371 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6372 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6374 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6375 assignment code will work. */
6376 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6380 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6382 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6383 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6384 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6388 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6389 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6391 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6393 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6394 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6397 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6398 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6400 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6402 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6403 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6405 if (extra_length
> 0)
6407 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6408 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6411 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6413 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6415 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6420 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6422 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6423 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6425 if (extra_length
> 0)
6427 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6428 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6431 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6436 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6437 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6441 unsigned int section_count
;
6442 asection
**sections
;
6443 asection
*output_section
;
6445 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
6446 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
6449 asection
*first_section
;
6450 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
6451 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
6453 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6456 first_section
= NULL
;
6457 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6458 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6460 section
= section
->next
)
6462 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6463 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6464 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6466 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6467 first_section
= section
;
6468 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6473 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6474 all of the sections we have selected. */
6475 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6476 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6477 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6481 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6482 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6484 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6485 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6486 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6488 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6489 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6491 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6493 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6494 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6497 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6498 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6499 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6500 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6501 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6503 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6505 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6506 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6507 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6508 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6509 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6511 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6512 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6515 if (section_count
== 0)
6517 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6518 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6519 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6520 a warning is produced. */
6521 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
6522 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
6523 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6527 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6528 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6533 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6534 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6535 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6536 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6538 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6539 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6542 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6543 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6544 of the first section.
6546 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6547 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6548 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6549 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6550 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6552 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6553 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6554 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6555 or segments to contain the other sections.
6557 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6558 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6559 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6561 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
6562 if (sections
== NULL
)
6565 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6566 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6567 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6568 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6569 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6574 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
6575 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6577 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
6579 section
= section
->next
)
6581 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6583 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6585 sections
[j
++] = section
;
6587 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6588 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6589 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6590 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6592 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
6593 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6595 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
6596 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
6597 + (map
->includes_filehdr
6600 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6602 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6604 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6606 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6607 LMA address of the output section. */
6608 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6609 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
6610 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6611 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
6613 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
6615 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6616 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
6619 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6620 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6622 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
6624 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6626 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6627 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6630 if (j
== section_count
)
6635 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
6637 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6639 if (isec
== section_count
)
6641 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6642 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6643 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6644 program header in the input BFD. */
6645 map
->count
= section_count
;
6646 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6647 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6650 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6651 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
6652 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6653 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
6654 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6655 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6657 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
6664 if (!first_matching_lma
)
6666 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6667 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6668 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6669 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
6673 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6674 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6675 the LMA of the first section. */
6676 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6679 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6680 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6681 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
6683 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
6684 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
6687 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
6688 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6692 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
6694 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
6696 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6698 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6699 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6700 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6701 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6702 offset when we know the correct value. */
6703 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
6704 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6707 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6711 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6712 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6713 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6714 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6715 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6716 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6723 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6725 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6726 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6728 section
= sections
[j
];
6730 if (section
== NULL
)
6733 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6735 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6737 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6738 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6740 if (map
->count
== 0)
6742 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6743 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6745 if (output_section
->lma
6747 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6748 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6749 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6757 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6759 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6760 and the start of this section is more than
6761 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6762 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6764 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6765 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6766 > output_section
->lma
))
6768 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6770 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6771 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6778 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6781 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6783 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6785 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6786 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6790 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6792 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6793 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6794 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6796 if (isec
< section_count
)
6798 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6799 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6800 and carry on looping. */
6801 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6802 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6803 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6810 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6811 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6812 not yet been assigned. */
6814 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6815 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6816 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6817 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6818 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6819 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6820 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6823 while (isec
< section_count
);
6828 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6830 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6831 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6832 the offset if necessary. */
6833 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6837 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6840 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6841 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6842 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6847 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6848 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6850 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6851 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6852 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6853 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6854 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6855 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6859 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6862 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6864 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6865 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6866 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6867 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6868 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6870 unsigned int num_segments
;
6871 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6872 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6874 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6877 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6879 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6880 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6881 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6882 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6883 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6886 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6888 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6892 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6897 unsigned int section_count
;
6899 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6900 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6901 asection
*lowest_section
;
6903 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6904 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6906 section
= section
->next
)
6908 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6909 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6911 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6912 first_section
= section
;
6917 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6918 all of the sections we have selected. */
6919 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6920 if (section_count
!= 0)
6921 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6922 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6926 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6929 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6930 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6931 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6932 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6933 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6934 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6935 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6936 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6938 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6939 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6941 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6942 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6943 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6944 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6945 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6947 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6948 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6951 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6952 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6953 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6954 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6956 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6957 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6959 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6960 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6961 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6962 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6963 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6965 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6966 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6969 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6970 if (section_count
!= 0)
6972 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6974 for (section
= first_section
;
6976 section
= section
->next
)
6978 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6979 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6981 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6982 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6986 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6987 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6988 lowest_section
= section
;
6990 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6991 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6992 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6993 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6995 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6996 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6998 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6999 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7000 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7002 if (isec
== section_count
)
7008 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7009 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7010 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7012 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7013 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7014 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7015 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7016 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
7017 - segment
->p_paddr
);
7019 map
->count
= section_count
;
7020 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7021 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7024 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7028 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7032 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7034 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7035 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7038 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7041 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7043 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7044 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7045 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7046 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7047 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7048 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7049 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7053 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7054 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7057 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7058 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7059 section
= section
->next
)
7060 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7062 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7063 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7067 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7068 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7069 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7070 map in this case. */
7071 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7072 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7073 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7076 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7077 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7079 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7080 from the input BFD. */
7081 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7083 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7085 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7086 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7087 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7089 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7090 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7092 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7093 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7094 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7095 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7096 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7097 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7103 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7105 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7106 section
= section
->next
)
7108 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
7111 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7114 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7118 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7120 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7121 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7122 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7124 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7125 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7127 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7130 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7131 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7133 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7134 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7135 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("\
7136 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7137 ibfd
, (long long) segment
->p_align
);
7139 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7142 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7143 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7146 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7149 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7152 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7156 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7159 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7160 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7161 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7163 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7164 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7167 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7169 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7170 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7171 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7172 that the linker clears to differ. */
7173 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7174 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7176 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7177 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7178 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7180 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7181 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7182 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7184 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7185 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7186 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7187 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7190 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7191 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7193 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7194 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7195 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7196 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7199 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7200 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7201 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7205 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7207 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7208 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7209 may be NULL at this point. */
7210 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7212 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7213 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7214 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7217 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7222 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7223 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7226 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7231 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7233 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7234 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7237 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7238 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7240 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7242 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7243 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7244 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7245 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7246 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7248 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7252 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7253 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7254 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7255 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7256 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7260 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7264 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7265 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7267 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7268 asection
*s
= first
;
7269 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7273 /* If this member section is being output but the
7274 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7275 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7276 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7277 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7279 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7280 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7282 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7283 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7284 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7285 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7287 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7293 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7295 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7296 adjust the input section size. This function may
7297 be called multiple times, so save the original
7299 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7300 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7301 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7305 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7307 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7315 /* Copy private header information. */
7318 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7320 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7321 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7324 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7325 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7326 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7327 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7328 already been worked out. */
7329 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7331 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7335 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7338 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7339 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7340 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7341 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7342 swap_out_syms function. */
7344 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7345 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7346 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7347 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7348 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7351 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7356 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7358 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7359 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7362 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7363 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7366 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7368 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7372 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7373 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7374 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7375 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7376 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7377 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7379 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7380 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7381 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7382 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7383 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7389 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7392 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7393 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7396 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7399 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7400 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7403 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7404 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7405 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7406 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7407 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7409 unsigned int num_locals
;
7411 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7413 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7416 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7417 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7421 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7422 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7423 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7424 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7425 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7426 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7427 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7428 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7430 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7431 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7433 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7434 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1)
7435 * sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7436 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7438 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7442 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7443 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7444 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7447 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7451 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7452 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7454 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7455 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7457 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7459 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7460 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7462 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7463 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7464 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7465 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7468 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7469 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7470 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7471 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7472 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7474 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7477 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7479 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7480 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7486 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7487 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7488 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7489 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7490 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7491 outbound_syms_index
++;
7492 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7493 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7497 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7498 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
7500 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
7501 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
7503 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7504 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
7505 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
7506 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
7509 if (!name_local_sections
7510 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7512 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7513 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
7517 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7518 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7520 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
7522 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7526 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
7528 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
7529 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7531 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7532 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7533 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7534 sym
.st_size
= value
;
7535 if (type_ptr
== NULL
7536 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
7537 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
7539 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
7540 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7541 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
7545 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
7548 if (sec
->output_section
)
7550 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7551 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
7554 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7555 if (! relocatable_p
)
7557 sym
.st_value
= value
;
7558 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
7560 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
7562 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
7564 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7565 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7566 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7567 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7571 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
7574 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
7577 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
7580 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
7583 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7584 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
7593 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
7595 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7599 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7600 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7601 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7602 demand of applications. For example, it
7603 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7604 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7605 actually in the output file. */
7606 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
7609 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7610 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7611 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
7613 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7617 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
7618 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
7622 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7625 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
7627 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7628 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7629 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
7631 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
7633 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
7635 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
7640 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
7643 /* Processor-specific types. */
7644 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
7645 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7646 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
7647 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
7649 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
7651 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7652 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7654 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
7656 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7658 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
7660 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
7661 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
7662 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7664 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
7665 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
7667 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
7669 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
7670 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7674 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
7675 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
7678 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
7680 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
7682 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
7683 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
7684 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
7686 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
7689 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
7692 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
7694 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
7695 sym
.st_target_internal
7696 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
7701 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7705 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
7706 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7707 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7709 outbound_syms_index
++;
7710 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7711 outbound_shndx_index
++;
7714 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7715 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
7717 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7718 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
7720 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
7721 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
7722 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
7724 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
7725 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
7726 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
7728 + (elfsym
->dest_index
7729 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
7731 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
7732 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
7737 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
7738 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7739 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
7740 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
7741 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7742 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
7743 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
7744 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
7749 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7751 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7752 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7753 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7756 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7762 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7763 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7765 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7771 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7775 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7777 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7779 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7783 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7784 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7786 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7792 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7795 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7798 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7801 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7808 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7810 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7813 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7814 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7815 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7819 return section
->reloc_count
;
7823 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7825 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7826 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7829 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7834 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7835 asymbol
**allocation
)
7837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7838 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7841 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7845 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7846 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7847 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7848 dynamic reloc section. */
7851 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7856 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7858 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7862 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7863 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7864 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7865 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7866 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7867 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7868 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7873 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7874 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7875 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7876 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7877 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7878 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7879 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7882 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7886 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7890 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7896 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7898 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7900 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7901 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7902 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7907 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7909 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7911 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7922 /* Read in the version information. */
7925 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7927 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7928 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7930 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7933 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7934 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7936 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7938 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7940 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7942 error_return_bad_verref
:
7943 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7944 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
7945 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7946 error_return_verref
:
7947 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7948 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7952 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7953 if (contents
== NULL
)
7954 goto error_return_verref
;
7956 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7957 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7958 goto error_return_verref
;
7960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7961 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7963 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7964 goto error_return_verref
;
7966 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7967 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7968 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7969 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7970 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7971 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7973 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7974 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7977 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7979 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7981 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7982 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7984 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7985 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
7987 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7988 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7991 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7992 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7993 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7994 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7995 goto error_return_verref
;
7998 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7999 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8000 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8002 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8003 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8004 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8005 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8007 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8009 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8010 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8011 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8012 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8013 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8015 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8016 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8018 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8019 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8021 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8024 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8025 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8027 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8028 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8029 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8031 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8032 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8035 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8036 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8038 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8039 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8041 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8042 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8043 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8045 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8046 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8054 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8057 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8058 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8059 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8060 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8062 unsigned int maxidx
;
8063 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8065 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8067 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8069 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8070 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8071 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8073 error_return_verdef
:
8074 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8079 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8080 if (contents
== NULL
)
8081 goto error_return_verdef
;
8082 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8083 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8084 goto error_return_verdef
;
8086 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8087 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8088 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8089 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8090 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8091 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8093 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8094 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8096 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8098 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8102 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8103 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8104 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8105 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8107 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8110 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8111 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8112 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8114 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8115 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8118 if (default_imported_symver
)
8120 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8126 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8127 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8128 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8129 goto error_return_verdef
;
8131 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8133 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8134 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8135 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8137 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8138 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8141 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8143 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8144 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8146 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8147 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8149 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8151 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8152 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8155 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8156 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8157 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8158 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8159 goto error_return_verdef
;
8163 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8164 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8166 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8167 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8168 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8169 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8171 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8173 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8174 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8175 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8176 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8177 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8179 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8180 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8182 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8185 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8186 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8188 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8189 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8190 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8192 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8193 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8196 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8197 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8198 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8200 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8201 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8203 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8204 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8206 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8207 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8213 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8221 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8222 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8225 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8228 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8229 if (default_imported_symver
)
8231 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8232 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8234 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8236 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8237 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8238 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8239 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8241 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8243 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8244 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8245 goto error_return_verdef
;
8246 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8247 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8248 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8249 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8250 goto error_return_verdef
;
8252 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8253 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8259 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8265 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8267 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8269 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof * newsym
);
8272 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8273 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8277 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8281 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8284 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8285 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8289 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8292 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8293 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8296 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8297 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8298 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8301 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8302 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8303 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8304 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8305 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8306 we treat such symbols as local. */
8307 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8310 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8311 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8312 These labels have the form:
8314 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8316 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8318 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8319 so we only need to match the rest. */
8320 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8322 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8326 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8328 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8330 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8331 /* A fake symbol. */
8334 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8335 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8336 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8337 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8338 other than some kind of local ? */
8355 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8356 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8363 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8364 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8365 unsigned long machine
)
8367 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8368 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8369 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8370 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8371 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8374 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8377 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8378 for error reporting. */
8381 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8385 const char **filename_ptr
,
8386 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8387 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8388 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8392 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8393 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8394 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8395 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8396 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8397 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8398 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8401 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8402 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8403 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8408 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8409 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8410 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8411 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8413 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8416 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8419 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8420 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8427 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8430 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8431 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8433 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8434 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8435 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8436 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8439 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8440 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8441 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8442 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8443 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8446 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8447 const char **filename_ptr
,
8448 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8449 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8452 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8453 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8454 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8459 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8461 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8462 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
8464 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8466 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
8468 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
8470 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
8473 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
8474 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
8477 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
8480 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
8488 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
8490 const void *location
,
8492 bfd_size_type count
)
8494 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8497 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
8498 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
8504 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
8505 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
8507 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8508 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
8509 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
8510 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
8511 || contents
== NULL
)
8513 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
8516 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
8517 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8518 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
8525 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8526 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8527 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8532 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8535 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
8537 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8539 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
8541 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
8542 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8544 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8545 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8547 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
8549 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8552 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
8555 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
8558 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
8561 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
8564 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
8567 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
8573 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8575 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8577 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
8578 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
8580 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8585 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
8591 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
8594 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
8597 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
8600 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
8603 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
8609 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
8613 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
8621 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8622 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8623 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
8624 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8629 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
8631 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8632 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
8634 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
8635 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
8636 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8639 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
8642 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8643 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8644 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8647 bfd_reloc_status_type
8648 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8649 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8650 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8651 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8652 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8654 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
8657 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8658 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8659 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8660 out details about the corefile. */
8662 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8663 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8664 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8665 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8668 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8669 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8672 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
8676 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
8678 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
8683 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8684 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8685 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8689 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
8693 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
8696 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
8700 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
8701 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
8702 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
8706 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8707 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8708 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8709 such a section already exists.
8710 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8711 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8712 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8714 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8720 char *threaded_name
;
8724 /* Build the section name. */
8726 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8727 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8728 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8729 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
8731 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8733 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8738 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8739 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8741 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8744 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8746 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8750 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8753 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8758 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8762 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8763 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8764 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8766 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8767 has already been set by another thread. */
8768 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8769 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8770 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8773 /* pr_who exists on:
8776 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8779 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8780 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8782 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8785 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8786 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8788 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8789 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8791 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8792 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8793 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8795 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8796 has already been set by another thread. */
8797 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8798 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8799 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8800 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8802 /* pr_who exists on:
8805 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8808 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8811 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8814 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8817 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8818 note size (ie. data object type). */
8822 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8823 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8824 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8826 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8828 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8830 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8832 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8834 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8835 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8838 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8839 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8840 data structure apart. */
8843 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8845 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8848 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8849 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8853 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8858 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8859 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8860 contents literally. */
8863 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8869 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8871 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8875 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8877 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8881 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8883 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8887 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8889 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8893 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8895 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8899 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8901 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8905 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8907 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8911 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8913 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8917 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8919 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8923 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8925 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8929 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8931 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8935 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8937 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
8941 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8943 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
8947 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8949 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8953 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8955 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8959 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8961 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8965 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8967 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8970 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8971 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8972 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8973 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8977 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8978 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8979 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8980 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8984 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8985 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8986 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8989 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8992 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9000 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9004 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9010 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9012 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9014 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9016 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9018 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9020 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9021 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9023 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9024 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9025 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9027 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9028 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9029 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9031 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9032 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9034 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9035 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9037 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9039 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9040 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9042 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9043 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9044 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9046 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9047 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9048 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9054 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9055 note size (ie. data object type). */
9059 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9060 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9061 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9064 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9065 int n
= strlen (command
);
9067 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9068 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9073 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9075 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9077 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9079 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9080 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9081 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9087 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9089 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9091 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9092 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9094 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9097 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9099 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9102 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9103 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9104 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9108 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9110 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9112 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9114 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9120 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9121 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9122 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9127 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9130 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9132 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9133 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9135 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9137 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9138 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9139 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9142 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9144 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9148 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9149 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9150 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9151 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9154 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9155 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9156 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9159 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9161 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9164 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9166 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9167 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9168 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9171 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9173 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9177 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9178 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9179 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9180 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9183 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9184 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9185 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9188 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9190 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9192 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9195 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9202 int is_active_thread
;
9205 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9208 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9211 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9215 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9216 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9217 /* process_info.pid */
9218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9219 /* process_info.signal */
9220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9223 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9224 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9225 /* thread_info.tid */
9226 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9228 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9229 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9233 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9235 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9239 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9241 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9242 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9243 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9245 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9246 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9248 if (is_active_thread
)
9249 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9253 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9254 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9255 /* module_info.base_address */
9256 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9257 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9259 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9260 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9264 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9266 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9271 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9272 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9273 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9284 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9286 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9294 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9295 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9297 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9298 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9303 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9305 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9308 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9310 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9313 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9314 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9316 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9317 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9319 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9320 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9321 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9322 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9326 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9327 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9328 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9329 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9330 else if (note
->namesz
== 8
9331 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9332 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9337 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9338 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9339 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
9344 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9345 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9346 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
9350 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
9351 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9352 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9353 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
9358 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9359 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9360 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
9364 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
9365 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9366 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9367 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
9371 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
9372 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9373 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9374 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
9379 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9380 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9381 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
9385 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
9386 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9387 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9388 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
9392 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
9393 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9394 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9395 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
9399 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
9400 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9401 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9402 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
9407 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9408 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9409 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
9413 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
9414 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9415 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9416 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
9420 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
9421 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9422 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9423 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
9428 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9429 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9430 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
9435 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9436 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9437 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
9441 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
9442 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9443 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9444 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
9448 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
9449 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9450 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9451 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
9457 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
9458 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
9460 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9461 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
9468 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9473 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9474 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9475 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9481 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9485 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9488 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
9489 if (note
->namesz
== 8
9490 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9491 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
9498 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9500 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
9502 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
9505 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
9506 if (build_id
== NULL
)
9509 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9510 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9511 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
9517 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9524 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
9525 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
9530 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9532 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
9533 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
9536 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
9537 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
9538 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
9540 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
9546 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9551 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
9559 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
9563 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
9566 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
9573 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9575 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9576 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9577 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9579 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9580 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9581 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
9583 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9584 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9585 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
9587 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9592 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9596 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
9597 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
9599 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
9601 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9602 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9603 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9604 creates a core file. */
9606 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9609 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9610 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9611 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9614 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
9618 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
9620 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9621 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9623 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
9624 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
9627 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
9628 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9630 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
9631 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9637 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9638 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9643 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
9644 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9646 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
9647 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9657 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9659 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9660 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
9661 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
9663 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
9665 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
9667 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9669 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
9675 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9677 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
9678 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
9680 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
9681 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
9683 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
9684 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9686 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
9687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9689 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
9691 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9696 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9697 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9698 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9703 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
9705 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
9710 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9711 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9712 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9721 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
9723 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
9730 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
9733 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9734 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
9736 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9737 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
9739 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9740 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
9742 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
9743 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9746 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9747 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9748 thread just in case. */
9749 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
9750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
9752 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9753 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
9755 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9760 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9764 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9765 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9766 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9768 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9772 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9773 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9781 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9782 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9784 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9789 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9793 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9794 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9795 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9797 /* This is the current thread. */
9798 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9799 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9804 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9805 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9806 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9807 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9810 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9812 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9813 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9815 static long tid
= 1;
9819 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9821 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9822 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9823 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9824 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9825 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9826 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9833 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9839 /* Use note name as section name. */
9841 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9844 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9845 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9847 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9851 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9852 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9853 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9858 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9861 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9865 size of data for note
9867 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9868 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9869 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9870 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9873 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9876 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9884 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9891 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9893 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9895 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9898 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9899 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9900 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9901 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9902 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9903 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9907 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9915 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9926 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9932 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9934 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9937 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9938 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9943 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9944 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9945 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9947 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9949 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9952 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9955 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9956 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9957 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9958 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9959 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9964 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9966 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9969 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9972 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9973 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9974 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9975 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9976 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9978 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9985 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9986 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9987 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9989 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9991 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
9992 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9993 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9997 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9998 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9999 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10001 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
10003 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10004 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10005 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10009 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10016 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10018 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10021 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10023 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
10028 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10029 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10030 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10032 prstatus32_t prstat
;
10034 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10035 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10036 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10037 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10038 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10039 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10046 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
10047 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
10048 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10049 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
10050 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
10051 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
10053 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10059 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10061 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10068 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10069 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10071 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10072 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
10073 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
10074 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10075 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
10076 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10077 #if !defined(gregs)
10078 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
10079 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
10081 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
10082 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
10085 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10086 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10088 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10090 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10092 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
10096 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10097 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10099 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10100 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10101 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10103 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10107 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10108 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10109 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10110 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10118 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
10119 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
10120 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
10121 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
10125 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10128 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10131 const void *fpregs
,
10134 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
10135 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10136 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
10140 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10143 const void *xfpregs
,
10146 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10147 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10148 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
10152 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10153 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
10156 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
10157 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
10159 note_name
= "LINUX";
10160 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10161 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
10165 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
10168 const void *ppc_vmx
,
10171 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10172 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10173 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
10177 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
10180 const void *ppc_vsx
,
10183 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10184 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10185 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
10189 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
10192 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
10195 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10196 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10197 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
10198 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
10202 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
10205 const void *s390_timer
,
10208 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10209 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10210 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
10214 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
10217 const void *s390_todcmp
,
10220 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10221 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10222 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
10226 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
10229 const void *s390_todpreg
,
10232 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10233 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10234 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
10238 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
10241 const void *s390_ctrs
,
10244 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10245 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10246 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
10250 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
10253 const void *s390_prefix
,
10256 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10257 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10258 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
10262 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10265 const void *s390_last_break
,
10268 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10270 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
10271 s390_last_break
, size
);
10275 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
10278 const void *s390_system_call
,
10281 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10282 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10283 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
10284 s390_system_call
, size
);
10288 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
10291 const void *s390_tdb
,
10294 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10295 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10296 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
10300 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
10303 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
10306 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10307 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10308 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
10312 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
10315 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
10318 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10319 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10320 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
10321 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
10325 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
10328 const void *arm_vfp
,
10331 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10332 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10333 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
10337 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
10340 const void *aarch_tls
,
10343 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10344 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10345 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
10349 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
10352 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
10355 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10356 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10357 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
10361 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
10364 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
10367 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
10368 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10369 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
10373 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10376 const char *section
,
10380 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
10381 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10382 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10383 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10384 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10385 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10386 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10387 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10388 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10389 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10390 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10391 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10392 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10393 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10394 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10395 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10396 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10397 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10398 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10399 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10400 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10401 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10402 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10403 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10404 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10405 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10406 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10407 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10408 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10409 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10410 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10411 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10412 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10413 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10414 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10415 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10416 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10417 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10418 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10419 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
10424 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
10429 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
10431 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10432 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
10433 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
10435 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
10438 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
10440 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
10441 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
10442 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
10445 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
10446 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
10447 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
10449 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
10450 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
10453 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
10460 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10463 const char * string
;
10465 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
10469 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
10470 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
10471 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
10472 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
10473 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
10475 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10478 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
10480 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
10481 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
10482 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
10484 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
10493 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
10495 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
10498 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
10499 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
10501 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
10507 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
10514 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
10521 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
10524 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
10528 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10529 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10532 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
10533 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
10543 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10545 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10546 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10547 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10550 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
10552 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10558 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
10561 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10562 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10563 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10564 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10566 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10567 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10570 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
10574 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10576 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10580 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
10581 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
10582 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
10587 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10588 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10589 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10590 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10592 return reloc_class_normal
;
10595 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10596 relocation against a local symbol. */
10599 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10600 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10602 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10604 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10605 bfd_vma relocation
;
10607 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
10608 + sec
->output_offset
10610 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10611 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
10612 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10615 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10616 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10617 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
10620 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10621 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10622 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10623 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10624 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10625 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10626 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
10629 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
10630 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
10636 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
10637 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10641 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
10643 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
10644 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
10646 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
10647 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10648 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
10651 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
10652 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
10653 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
10654 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
10658 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
10659 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10663 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10665 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10666 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
10668 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10669 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
10672 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
10674 /* Reverse the offset. */
10675 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10676 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
10678 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
10679 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
10680 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
10686 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10687 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10688 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10689 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10690 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10691 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10693 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10694 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10695 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10696 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10697 the remote memory. */
10700 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10703 bfd_size_type size
,
10704 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
10705 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
10707 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
10708 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
10712 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
10713 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10714 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10722 const char *relplt_name
;
10723 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
10727 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
10733 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
10736 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
10739 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
10742 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
10743 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
10744 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10745 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
10746 if (relplt
== NULL
)
10749 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
10750 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
10751 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
10754 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
10758 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
10759 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
10762 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
10763 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
10764 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10765 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10767 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
10768 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10771 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
10773 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10778 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
10782 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
10783 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
10785 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10790 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
10791 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
10794 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10795 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10796 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10797 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
10798 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
10799 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
10801 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
10804 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
10805 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
10807 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
10811 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10812 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10813 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
10814 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
10817 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10820 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10821 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10828 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10829 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10830 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10831 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10834 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10835 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10837 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10839 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10841 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10843 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10844 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10845 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10846 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10847 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10848 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10852 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10853 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10854 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10857 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10859 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10860 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10863 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10864 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10865 otherwise return zero. */
10868 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10871 bfd_size_type size
;
10873 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10874 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10875 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10878 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10880 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10881 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;